<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/business-strategy-for-cpas-success-stories" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Business Strategy for CPAs: Success Stories</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/business-strategy-for-cpas-success-stories</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>Interviews with Clients: Real Results from CPAs Who Took Back Control

This curated “best of” feed features 60+ real client interviews pulled from Business Strategy for CPAs – focused exclusively on results.

If you run a small accounting firm and want to reduce CPA hours, stop billing hourly, implement fixed fee pricing, and build a firm that fits inside your life, this is your proof.

These are solo and small firm owners from Peak Freedom, Accelerator, VIP Lounge, and private 1:1 work who:

– Cut from 60 hours to 40 – or even 25
– Raised prices 30–100–300%
– Reduced 150–200–800 clients
– Increased revenue while working fewer hours
– Replaced keyboard work with higher-level thinking
– Implemented boundaries and systems that lowered stress

This is small accounting firm strategy in action.

No theory. No hype. Just candid conversations about what changed, what was uncomfortable, what worked, and what the numbers look like now.

If you’ve ever wondered:

“Could I really raise my prices?”
“Could I work less without hiring?”
“Could my firm feel calmer?”

Listen in.

What’s in it for you?
Clarity. Confidence. And a roadmap from CPAs who’ve already done it.
</description>
    <copyright>© 2026 Geraldine Carter, LLC </copyright>
    <podcast:guid>07e48702-9d7a-56b1-8703-15dcb828abc3</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked>yes</podcast:locked>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:31:51 -0600</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:32:19 -0600</lastBuildDate>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/OFavlc2v_rsMf0QNMRohh3levwVdBwe4l1-l5ve24Yc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80Mzhl/N2FmYjAzZmEzMzk5/ODQ1YTcxMDI4ZTk2/NDE2YS5wbmc.jpg</url>
      <title>Business Strategy for CPAs: Success Stories</title>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Entrepreneurship"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:category text="Business">
      <itunes:category text="Management"/>
    </itunes:category>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/OFavlc2v_rsMf0QNMRohh3levwVdBwe4l1-l5ve24Yc/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS80Mzhl/N2FmYjAzZmEzMzk5/ODQ1YTcxMDI4ZTk2/NDE2YS5wbmc.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>Interviews with Clients: Real Results from CPAs Who Took Back Control

This curated “best of” feed features 60+ real client interviews pulled from Business Strategy for CPAs – focused exclusively on results.

If you run a small accounting firm and want to reduce CPA hours, stop billing hourly, implement fixed fee pricing, and build a firm that fits inside your life, this is your proof.

These are solo and small firm owners from Peak Freedom, Accelerator, VIP Lounge, and private 1:1 work who:

– Cut from 60 hours to 40 – or even 25
– Raised prices 30–100–300%
– Reduced 150–200–800 clients
– Increased revenue while working fewer hours
– Replaced keyboard work with higher-level thinking
– Implemented boundaries and systems that lowered stress

This is small accounting firm strategy in action.

No theory. No hype. Just candid conversations about what changed, what was uncomfortable, what worked, and what the numbers look like now.

If you’ve ever wondered:

“Could I really raise my prices?”
“Could I work less without hiring?”
“Could my firm feel calmer?”

Listen in.

What’s in it for you?
Clarity. Confidence. And a roadmap from CPAs who’ve already done it.
</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>Interviews with Clients: Real Results from CPAs Who Took Back Control

This curated “best of” feed features 60+ real client interviews pulled from Business Strategy for CPAs – focused exclusively on results.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Geraldine Carter</itunes:name>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>How I Stopped Working Out of My Inbox After 20 Years, with Lori Yearwood, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How I Stopped Working Out of My Inbox After 20 Years, with Lori Yearwood, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdec668b-fd2d-49e1-b052-f1afeb016f26</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4267895b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:31:51 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4267895b/dc21523c.mp3" length="50528824" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2054</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Work Gets Easy, with Randy Larkin, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Work Gets Easy, with Randy Larkin, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7610949-306f-4b50-aa35-ba972714a367</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/819e14a2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:31:32 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/819e14a2/833ee210.mp3" length="52725229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2148</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Simple Systems Saves Suzanne Green, CPA 8–10 Hours a Week</title>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Simple Systems Saves Suzanne Green, CPA 8–10 Hours a Week</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ab2d751a-5fd3-4605-9f44-c506b4a34da2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bd8541c4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:31:14 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bd8541c4/0fc47d8d.mp3" length="50182644" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2040</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[WIP Series] The Messy Middle of Reshaping a Tax Firm with Michelle Kinnison, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[WIP Series] The Messy Middle of Reshaping a Tax Firm with Michelle Kinnison, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">39149f19-3f5d-4fc3-9e10-6372a86e29b4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf0ed9ec</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:30:55 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bf0ed9ec/d9647eb7.mp3" length="45629477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1850</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>60% Less Clients, Same Money, More Control with Hunter Bracy, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>60% Less Clients, Same Money, More Control with Hunter Bracy, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a881bb8-1a7d-4989-8554-fc75485baad3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5b300f78</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:30:35 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5b300f78/510ef18e.mp3" length="33517733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1346</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>“The Hours Were Killing Me”: What Finally Had to Change, with Suzanne Green, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>“The Hours Were Killing Me”: What Finally Had to Change, with Suzanne Green, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0269c27b-9cea-432b-84e8-68aeac062114</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d17366c9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:29:54 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d17366c9/63a98b7c.mp3" length="59892500" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2444</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[WIP Series] From Hourly to Packages with Lori Yearwood, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[WIP Series] From Hourly to Packages with Lori Yearwood, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c65df17f-5acf-40c1-a7eb-de05cc326a9e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/868cc4dc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:29:28 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/868cc4dc/2cddef9b.mp3" length="56325036" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2293</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[WIP Series] 1/3 Fewer Clients, 2x-3x the Prices, and Sundays Off, with Jan Schaffner, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[WIP Series] 1/3 Fewer Clients, 2x-3x the Prices, and Sundays Off, with Jan Schaffner, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">22e5ca3e-2bfa-4673-b8a9-4fd5cedb1bcf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/eef78a72</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:28:53 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/eef78a72/375b2ee3.mp3" length="65284963" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2668</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Launch to Autopilot: A 3-Year Journey with Matt Chiappetta, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Launch to Autopilot: A 3-Year Journey with Matt Chiappetta, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bdac3066-3451-4596-937a-1ff53704fa3a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/30121d7d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:28:28 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/30121d7d/40d95552.mp3" length="43288905" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1752</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Handful of High-Level Clients with Radhika Sundar, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A Handful of High-Level Clients with Radhika Sundar, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">273bd0aa-ffcf-4e89-87af-800209048c72</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/48da2bd4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:28:06 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/48da2bd4/fea2f0a4.mp3" length="37530338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1511</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pick Your Week Tax Season with Holly Sexton, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Pick Your Week Tax Season with Holly Sexton, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d77c5a7-28af-45d9-b4ba-245792c39d0f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/db9cec9d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:27:37 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/db9cec9d/6031f2d5.mp3" length="65419680" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2673</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pick Your Week Tax Season with Rebecca Warnick, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>49</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Pick Your Week Tax Season with Rebecca Warnick, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78bae1d8-e602-477e-a693-ef9f9c8f9109</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d2c067c3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:27:08 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d2c067c3/ceb6de5f.mp3" length="33694321" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1353</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let it Be Easy: $250K &amp; 15 Hrs/Wk with Sheila Hansen, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let it Be Easy: $250K &amp; 15 Hrs/Wk with Sheila Hansen, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">201c1003-b619-420c-8d64-54ab40219fb9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/faddfd41</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:26:42 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/faddfd41/da40cefa.mp3" length="63218338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2582</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Stop Emailing Yourself at 3am with Meagan Rutkowski, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Stop Emailing Yourself at 3am with Meagan Rutkowski, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c6433246-4b05-43ca-98e5-26d20c9040e7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/11470c5f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:26:14 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/11470c5f/5037056d.mp3" length="46787273" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1897</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>84 Hours → 45 Hours: The Software and Systems Combo with Mark Kuca, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>84 Hours → 45 Hours: The Software and Systems Combo with Mark Kuca, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e874c02d-380f-4c05-ab06-42fbad0175ac</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c0ef63bf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:25:34 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c0ef63bf/420a9681.mp3" length="40759058" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1648</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>No Ads. No Posting. Just SEO for $194K New ARR</title>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>No Ads. No Posting. Just SEO for $194K New ARR</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a08bfcb1-d095-449c-8e3a-ad7719f5743b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a7f7aef7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:24:52 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a7f7aef7/18aab59f.mp3" length="58137878" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2371</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Story Continues: A Brutal Start, an Unexpected Ending with Kathy Hayden, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Story Continues: A Brutal Start, an Unexpected Ending with Kathy Hayden, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d632f24-ec4f-4442-8a83-3ef742a4265b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c6d9dfca</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:24:11 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c6d9dfca/f172b391.mp3" length="51839733" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2109</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Turns Out, You Don’t Need 1,000 Clients with Melissa Downs, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Turns Out, You Don’t Need 1,000 Clients with Melissa Downs, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bcc1e1b9-a139-4ef0-ad95-0f45765c430f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/18c97774</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:23:40 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/18c97774/7e60994e.mp3" length="52761712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2146</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 2</title>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 2</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">93264999-24ad-4a2a-be7b-a9382064ee1a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/afb06774</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:22:13 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/afb06774/f5e4d171.mp3" length="25943254" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1027</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 1</title>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[Roadmap Session] Untangling an Overgrown Firm with AM, CPA - Part 1</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82dd8468-0a1d-432e-a932-87c47dab3801</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ad3359b2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 22:21:24 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ad3359b2/139ea52f.mp3" length="68112125" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2784</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Way Less Stressed with Holly Sexton, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Way Less Stressed with Holly Sexton, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b48679b9-51b8-4113-bcba-070bf4bce365</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f6c879aa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:46:26 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f6c879aa/5775b1ff.mp3" length="49433736" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2007</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Pricing Leap: 7x Prices, 2x Work with Laurie Rauk, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Pricing Leap: 7x Prices, 2x Work with Laurie Rauk, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a76b680a-7c3c-4410-ab51-504dd029f6bc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5593f8aa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:46:04 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5593f8aa/669fac07.mp3" length="55935533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2279</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Strategy Session with Logan George, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Strategy Session with Logan George, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba9ec86e-2bd3-4d5a-bc6e-50a16245191f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e38727f3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:45:21 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e38727f3/76e87aec.mp3" length="33771448" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1354</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>More Free Time, More Confidence, with Melissa Downs, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7516d367-9e27-460d-876d-8e19e8ca9b9d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bcf4b756</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:44:54 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bcf4b756/d95c83a4.mp3" length="42836308" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1769</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Cut 74% of Clients and Have the Same Net Profit, with Melissa Downs, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77a4b2cf-65c8-413e-9297-ff7ec80a7b04</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/71616d6f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:44:31 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/71616d6f/e67c9188.mp3" length="53230588" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2174</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Niching into Female-Owned Law Firms with Julie Powell, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e7bc4416-157c-45b4-89b5-7b60ee0610a9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4c65e1e4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:43:52 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4c65e1e4/c9cd031c.mp3" length="34179842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1386</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Offer One-Time Intensives with Sheila Hansen, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Offer One-Time Intensives with Sheila Hansen, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77c7f953-654c-41ff-8c80-14a4602a8e4b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b73119f7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:43:01 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b73119f7/d5c45002.mp3" length="49081611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1893</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Finding Your Niche with Matt Chiappetta, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3e64fbf-f3c7-46e2-929a-c2cb67a0104c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb19a38a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:42:18 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cb19a38a/6f3ebf92.mp3" length="45589647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1747</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Getting Control of Your CPA Firm with Laurie Rauk</title>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Getting Control of Your CPA Firm with Laurie Rauk</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce4cc17f-c132-4c90-826e-af4abed89230</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c36f108</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:40:05 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2c36f108/3d50fd79.mp3" length="39897188" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1510</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Inside CPA Mastermind, with Sheila Hansen</title>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Inside CPA Mastermind, with Sheila Hansen</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebbc7062-4b62-4875-87f2-64cdf3fb4a8c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ca720bb7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:39:18 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ca720bb7/64923158.mp3" length="54520102" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2119</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment</title>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Killer Niche: Farm + Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b654b1a4-f9aa-469b-be01-b23a67ec7104</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/777782d9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:38:30 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/777782d9/dc937d32.mp3" length="47849245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1957</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Paid Strategy Sessions and Half-Day Workshops with Erica Goode, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5c54bc8c-45bf-49c3-878f-470a84089df0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e0b0b06c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:37:46 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e0b0b06c/4d113313.mp3" length="50696881" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2074</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau</title>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Specializing in Stock-Option Tax Strategy and Consulting, with Minnie Lau</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3e40363c-df7d-4ba2-8848-cbc655331bdc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/99999a98</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:36:04 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/99999a98/0fa95ac7.mp3" length="51431011" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2115</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset with Catherine Ozment</title>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Impossible to Exponential Growth: The CPA Mindset with Catherine Ozment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7ef799b2-c14e-447e-b5e7-350949511d85</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6ad55ed1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:34:10 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6ad55ed1/0c8023b9.mp3" length="28541252" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1424</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO &amp; Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment</title>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>One Year: From Tax Factory to vCFO &amp; Ag CPA with Catherine Ozment</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f7e98e38-ecc8-4234-936c-719b772c3b07</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e876d2d9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:21:26 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e876d2d9/94ccbb71.mp3" length="49592771" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2049</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How CPAs Can Use YouTube Videos to Accelerate Growth with Hannah Smolinksi, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How CPAs Can Use YouTube Videos to Accelerate Growth with Hannah Smolinksi, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7abbe864-b9ad-4608-94b3-ca895ebf0bc4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e16bb4f7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:20:46 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e16bb4f7/9a2ae5d0.mp3" length="46346633" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1917</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation with Erica Goode</title>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Hourly Billing to Flat Rate for Cares Act Documentation with Erica Goode</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f79d9c9c-97cb-4de9-a5f7-086eda4456d3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a171bbe9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:19:54 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a171bbe9/cb76d1ef.mp3" length="33226826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1370</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Out of Compliance and into Tax-savvy Stock Option Consulting, with Minnie Lau, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f3b7f58-d911-4f38-9c7f-5f74be44e197</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cc90bcc8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:18:49 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cc90bcc8/7f3cc151.mp3" length="69151866" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2864</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg</title>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Cashflow Forecasting, Niching, and Raising Your Rates with Emily Sandberg</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">00ffd041-794a-4515-a245-631dce4c42dd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1d5f439c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:14:18 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1d5f439c/bb28e216.mp3" length="55378753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2289</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[Coaching] Logic vs Intuition: How to Choose Fulfilling Work, with Erica Goode</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b89859e4-6a9a-4a32-a9e0-4d94a28f49bb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8856b2da</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:12:48 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8856b2da/60565091.mp3" length="28505758" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1760</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Coaching] How to Move into Advising with Heather Zeitzwolfe of Zeitzwolfe Accounting</title>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>[Coaching] How to Move into Advising with Heather Zeitzwolfe of Zeitzwolfe Accounting</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f1df62f-5ed5-4a2a-a381-d5ec8c44550b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/574c953e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:11:16 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/574c953e/0526b88e.mp3" length="64183530" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3188</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Solopreneurship Rocks. With Matt Chiappetta, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Solopreneurship Rocks. With Matt Chiappetta, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0569da9a-f1e9-44f6-80e0-6b9673daa09d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fe54c8fc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:10:27 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fe54c8fc/03fcf757.mp3" length="40953667" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1660</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Your Revenue Dries Up Overnight with Minnie Lau, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Your Revenue Dries Up Overnight with Minnie Lau, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">969da06a-37e3-4a45-a23e-35b3f09e9308</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/780903ec</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:09:53 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/780903ec/e7e83319.mp3" length="73620625" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3016</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Not Cracking 40 Hours Next Tax Season with Kyle Wesely, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Not Cracking 40 Hours Next Tax Season with Kyle Wesely, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e6155ef9-1d2e-412e-b70d-09fffaf73c2c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e87e787</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:09:14 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4e87e787/bf6ac503.mp3" length="63936211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2617</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bring the CPA Firm You Envision to Life with Belita Blasingame, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bring the CPA Firm You Envision to Life with Belita Blasingame, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bbd71551-7e3d-4b6a-9fca-6976b6df3925</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/867f960a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:08:38 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/867f960a/fb3bb81a.mp3" length="53602906" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2186</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>7 Price Increase Lessons Learned with Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>7 Price Increase Lessons Learned with Julie Wagner and Kathy Hayden, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c34dd5ac-63b8-45b9-822b-ebfa5c6aa1b0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/db6f64ae</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:07:48 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/db6f64ae/4459432f.mp3" length="42021167" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1703</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Exhausted to Having Her Life Back: Wendy Norman, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4deb7f30-a04a-40d1-8874-7011805485ca</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c36a35f5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:06:53 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c36a35f5/8be5febb.mp3" length="60794126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2487</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Take the shortcut!! With Hector Cantu, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42138969-8c69-4678-b1e5-edbc2ea35995</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4ad95f2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:06:03 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d4ad95f2/298b6e61.mp3" length="33107683" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1334</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick</title>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>25 Hours for Everyone, Team Included with Rebecca Warnick</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">16fe72e8-8b14-4522-862c-b9b903ca40ea</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec152fc1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 21:04:04 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ec152fc1/84f31f8f.mp3" length="58868355" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2406</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From 55 Down to 15 Hours; Same Take-Home Pay with Melissa Downs, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">da76c086-f5d4-40de-b9cd-7dd4d5279465</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/212fcacb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 20:47:22 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/212fcacb/f0e349e4.mp3" length="57480360" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2347</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Niche Journey and 5x Higher Prices than 24mo Ago with Sheila Hansen, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d4290ba1-df2d-40b6-b56e-37d2f64f55f8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a2a9327b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 09:31:45 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a2a9327b/5ca952aa.mp3" length="47481035" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1928</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What It Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What It Takes to Work 15 Hours per Week with Erica Goode, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e67945bd-206e-4ca3-8cd0-36ede0d0c149</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/027248aa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 09:06:27 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/027248aa/a3616c32.mp3" length="71043069" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2910</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA</title>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>4 Pricing Problems Solved with Kathy Hayden, EA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dff2d7e7-075c-405e-9055-5bb5d7a2bf85</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f2f1709a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:53:42 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f2f1709a/5202ad7c.mp3" length="48441314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1968</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Permission to Stop Being Superhuman with Michael Berry, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cda2561-1751-4b4e-933b-98e85693e5d4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b93f035b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:23:37 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b93f035b/a95dc9cc.mp3" length="54327239" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2217</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Freedom to Choose Not to Double Revenue with Prithi Daswani, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e1bffe45-440a-4183-bc55-6e46c9abc54f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/feaa473b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:21:03 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/feaa473b/aeae585c.mp3" length="61786207" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2529</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When You Need to Explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When You Need to Explore, with Rebecca Driscoll, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1c6df7ed-b6d7-4029-906b-95b0646718f2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3abe3579</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:08:39 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3abe3579/7026a17f.mp3" length="56539000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2312</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>15 Hour Weeks, $200K, 70%+ Margins, with Erica Goode, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a54e3a3f-0392-4fce-b725-152e5e4be5b6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d980a87c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:07:33 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d980a87c/419000f4.mp3" length="57241703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2233</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott</title>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>130% Revenue Increase While Working Less with Paige Gott</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8c95786b-b956-48de-a10a-d7469b4c3c93</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0ae08e33</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:06:56 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0ae08e33/eaab6f7b.mp3" length="39746006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1504</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>From Scratch to 6 Figures in 9 Months with Shaan Afridi, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b5ecf70-3abd-4d13-a9e7-57e64650bdec</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/444c3582</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 08:06:07 -0600</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/444c3582/b7ab7321.mp3" length="45912412" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1887</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA</title>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Build $250K in CPA Advisory Services in 4 Months, with Prithi Daswani, CPA</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0a546b1d-92e5-48ab-b025-57d6132c3d8f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0858425c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 03:55:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Geraldine Carter</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0858425c/c4674d40.mp3" length="60526818" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Geraldine Carter</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2502</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p></p><p><strong><br>Want Results Like This?<br></strong><br></p><p>If you're listening to this interview, you’re probably wondering:</p><p>Could I actually reduce my hours?<br>Could I stop billing hourly?<br>Could I raise my prices without losing everyone?<br>Could my firm feel calmer?</p><p>You just heard from a CPA who did.</p><p>You can do it, too.</p><p>Here are four ways to start building a firm that fits inside your life:</p><p><strong>FREE EMAIL COURSE<br>Stop Working Weekends<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends">geraldinecarter.com/stop-working-weekends<br></a>Learn how to reduce CPA hours without giving up revenue. Start shifting from reactive overload to deliberate small accounting firm strategy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>THE BOOK – $9.99<br>Down to 40 Hours<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/book">geraldinecarter.com/book<br></a>A step-by-step roadmap for overworked CPAs who want fixed fee pricing, better systems, and more control – without hiring.<br></p><p><strong>PEAK FREEDOM – $197/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom">geraldinecarter.com/peak-freedom<br></a>For solo and small firm owners who are ready to stop billing hourly, install boundaries, and build a firm that runs on intention instead of chaos. </p><p>Get coaching. Get feedback. Get calmer.</p><p><strong><br>DOWN TO 40 HOURS ACCELERATOR – $995/month<br></strong><a href="http://geraldinecarter.com/40">geraldinecarter.com/40<br></a>For multi-six-figure firm owners who are ready to implement fast – raise prices, reduce clients, and replace keyboard work with higher-level thinking.</p><p>Less stress. More revenue. Fewer hours.</p><p>If you want your story to sound like the one you just heard…pick one and just get started.</p><br>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Bookkeeper,CFO,CPAs,CPA,accountant,accounting,contoller,cpa,entrepreneur,smallbusiness,vcfo</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
